Merge "Allow blacklisting certain namespaces in Special:ShortPages"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.30.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @since 1.22
759 */
760 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
761
762 /**
763 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
764 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
765 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
766 * for non-specified types.
767 *
768 * @par Example:
769 * @code
770 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
771 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
772 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
773 * ];
774 * @endcode
775 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
776 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
777 */
778 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
779
780 /**
781 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
782 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
783 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
784 * @since 1.26
785 */
786 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
787
788 /**
789 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
790 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
791 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
792 *
793 * @par Example:
794 * @code
795 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
796 * @endcode
797 */
798 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
799
800 /**
801 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
802 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
803 * appended to it as appropriate.
804 */
805 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
806
807 /**
808 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
809 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
810 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
811 * access to the thumbnail path.
812 *
813 * @par Example:
814 * @code
815 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
816 * @endcode
817 */
818 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
819
820 /**
821 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
822 */
823 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
824
825 /**
826 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
827 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
828 *
829 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
830 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
831 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
832 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
833 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
834 *
835 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
836 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
837 */
838 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
839
840 /**
841 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
842 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
843 * directory layout.
844 */
845 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
846
847 /**
848 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
849 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
850 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
851 * image description page on this wiki.
852 *
853 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
854 */
855 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
856
857 /**
858 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
859 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
860 *
861 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
862 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
863 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
864 */
865 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
866
867 /**
868 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
869 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
870 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
871 */
872 $wgFileBlacklist = [
873 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
874 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
875 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
876 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
877 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
878 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
879 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
880 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
881
882 /**
883 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
884 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
885 */
886 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
887 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
888 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
889 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
890 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
891 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
892 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
893 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
894 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
895 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
896 'application/x-msmetafile',
897 ];
898
899 /**
900 * Allow Java archive uploads.
901 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
902 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
903 */
904 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
905
906 /**
907 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
908 *
909 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
910 */
911 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
912
913 /**
914 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
915 * by $wgFileExtensions.
916 *
917 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
918 */
919 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
920
921 /**
922 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
923 *
924 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
925 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
926 */
927 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
928
929 /**
930 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
931 */
932 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
933
934 /**
935 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
936 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
937 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
938 *
939 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
940 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
941 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
942 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
943 */
944 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
945 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
946 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
947 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
948 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
949 "application/pdf", // PDF files
950 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
951 ];
952
953 /**
954 * Plugins for media file type handling.
955 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
956 *
957 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
958 * and extensions should use extension.json.
959 */
960 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
961
962 /**
963 * Plugins for page content model handling.
964 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
965 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
966 *
967 * @since 1.21
968 */
969 $wgContentHandlers = [
970 // the usual case
971 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
974 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
976 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
977 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
978 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
979 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
980 ];
981
982 /**
983 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
984 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
985 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
986 */
987 $wgUseImageResize = true;
988
989 /**
990 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
991 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
992 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
993 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
994 *
995 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
996 */
997 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
998
999 /**
1000 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1001 */
1002 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1003
1004 /**
1005 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1006 * @since 1.27
1007 */
1008 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1009
1010 /**
1011 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1012 */
1013 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1014
1015 /**
1016 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1017 */
1018 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1019
1020 /**
1021 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1022 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1023 */
1024 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1025
1026 /**
1027 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1028 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1029 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1030 *
1031 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1032 * @code
1033 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1034 * @endcode
1035 *
1036 * Leave as false to skip this.
1037 */
1038 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1039
1040 /**
1041 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1042 *
1043 * @since 1.21
1044 */
1045 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1046
1047 /**
1048 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1049 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1050 * at sharp edges.
1051 *
1052 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1053 *
1054 * Supported values:
1055 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1056 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1057 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1058 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1059 *
1060 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1061 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1062 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1063 *
1064 * @since 1.27
1065 */
1066 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1067
1068 /**
1069 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1070 * image formats.
1071 */
1072 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1073
1074 /**
1075 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1076 *
1077 * @since 1.26
1078 */
1079 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1080
1081 /**
1082 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1083 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1084 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1085 *
1086 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1087 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1088 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1089 */
1090 $wgSVGConverters = [
1091 'ImageMagick' =>
1092 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1093 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1094 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1095 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1096 . '$output $input',
1097 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1098 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1099 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1100 ];
1101
1102 /**
1103 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1104 */
1105 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1106
1107 /**
1108 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1109 */
1110 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1111
1112 /**
1113 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1114 */
1115 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1116
1117 /**
1118 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1119 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1120 */
1121 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1122
1123 /**
1124 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1125 *
1126 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1127 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1128 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1129 *
1130 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1131 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1132 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1133 */
1134 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1138 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1139 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1140 *
1141 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1142 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1143 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1144 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1145 *
1146 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1147 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1148 */
1149 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1150
1151 /**
1152 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1153 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1154 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1155 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1156 */
1157 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1158
1159 /**
1160 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1161 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1162 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1163 *
1164 * @par Example:
1165 * @code
1166 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1167 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1168 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1169 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1170 * @endcode
1171 */
1172 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1173
1174 /**
1175 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1176 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1177 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1178 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1179 */
1180 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1181
1182 /**
1183 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1184 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1185 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1186 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1187 */
1188 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1189
1190 /**
1191 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1192 * output instead of showing an error message.
1193 *
1194 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1195 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1196 *
1197 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1198 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1199 * are logged to a file for review.
1200 */
1201 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1202
1203 /**
1204 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1205 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1206 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1207 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1208 * webserver(s).
1209 */
1210 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1211
1212 /**
1213 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1214 */
1215 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1216
1217 /**
1218 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1219 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1220 * is available that can rotate.
1221 */
1222 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1223
1224 /**
1225 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1226 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1227 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1228 */
1229 $wgAntivirus = null;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1233 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1234 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1235 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1236 *
1237 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1238 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1239 *
1240 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1241 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1242 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1243 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1244 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1245 * path.
1246 *
1247 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1248 * function in SpecialUpload.
1249 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1250 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1251 * is not set.
1252 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1253 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1254 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1255 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1256 * no virus was found.
1257 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1258 * a virus.
1259 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1260 *
1261 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1262 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1263 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1264 */
1265 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1266
1267 # setup for clamav
1268 'clamav' => [
1269 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1270 'codemap' => [
1271 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1272 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1273 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1274 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1275 ],
1276 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1277 ],
1278 ];
1279
1280 /**
1281 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1282 */
1283 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1284
1285 /**
1286 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1287 */
1288 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1289
1290 /**
1291 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1292 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1293 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1294 */
1295 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1296
1297 /**
1298 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1299 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1300 */
1301 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1302
1303 /**
1304 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1305 * the MIME type to standard output.
1306 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1307 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1308 *
1309 * @par Example:
1310 * @code
1311 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1312 * @endcode
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1318 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1319 * can be trusted.
1320 */
1321 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1322
1323 /**
1324 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1325 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1326 */
1327 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1328 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1329 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1330 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1331 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1332 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1333 ];
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1337 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1338 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1339 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1340 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1341 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1342 */
1343 $wgImageLimits = [
1344 [ 320, 240 ],
1345 [ 640, 480 ],
1346 [ 800, 600 ],
1347 [ 1024, 768 ],
1348 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1349 ];
1350
1351 /**
1352 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1353 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1354 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1355 */
1356 $wgThumbLimits = [
1357 120,
1358 150,
1359 180,
1360 200,
1361 250,
1362 300
1363 ];
1364
1365 /**
1366 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1367 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1368 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1369 *
1370 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1371 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1372 * supports it.
1373 */
1374 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1375
1376 /**
1377 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1378 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1379 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1380 * following buckets:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1383 *
1384 * and a distance of 50:
1385 *
1386 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1387 *
1388 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1389 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1390 */
1391 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1392
1393 /**
1394 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1395 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1396 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1397 *
1398 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1399 *
1400 * @since 1.25
1401 */
1402
1403 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1404
1405 /**
1406 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1407 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1408 *
1409 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1410 * thumbnail's URL.
1411 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1412 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1413 *
1414 * @since 1.25
1415 */
1416 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1417
1418 /**
1419 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1420 *
1421 * @since 1.25
1422 */
1423 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1424
1425 /**
1426 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1427 * HTTP request to.
1428 *
1429 * @since 1.25
1430 */
1431 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1432
1433 /**
1434 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1435 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1436 *
1437 * @since 1.26
1438 */
1439 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1440
1441 /**
1442 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1443 * Fields are:
1444 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1445 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1446 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1447 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1448 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1449 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1450 * @deprecated since 1.28
1451 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1452 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1453 * - mode: Gallery mode
1454 */
1455 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1456
1457 /**
1458 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1459 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1460 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1461 */
1462 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1466 */
1467 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1468
1469 /**
1470 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1471 *
1472 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1473 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1474 *
1475 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1476 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1477 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1478 */
1479 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1480
1481 /**
1482 * @name DJVU settings
1483 * @{
1484 */
1485
1486 /**
1487 * Path of the djvudump executable
1488 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1489 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1490 */
1491 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1492
1493 /**
1494 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1495 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1496 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1497 */
1498 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1502 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1503 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1504 */
1505 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1506
1507 /**
1508 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1509 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1510 *
1511 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1512 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1513 * the efficiency problem.
1514 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1515 *
1516 * @par Example:
1517 * @code
1518 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1519 * @endcode
1520 */
1521 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1522
1523 /**
1524 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1525 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1526 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1529
1530 /**
1531 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1532 */
1533 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1534
1535 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1536
1537 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1538
1539 /************************************************************************//**
1540 * @name Email settings
1541 * @{
1542 */
1543
1544 /**
1545 * Site admin email address.
1546 *
1547 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1548 */
1549 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1550
1551 /**
1552 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1553 *
1554 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1555 *
1556 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1557 */
1558 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1559
1560 /**
1561 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1562 *
1563 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1564 */
1565 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1566
1567 /**
1568 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1569 *
1570 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1571 */
1572 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1573
1574 /**
1575 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1576 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1577 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1578 */
1579 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1580
1581 /**
1582 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1583 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1584 */
1585 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1586
1587 /**
1588 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1589 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1590 *
1591 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1592 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1593 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1594 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1595 */
1596 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1600 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1601 */
1602 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1603
1604 /**
1605 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1606 */
1607 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1608
1609 /**
1610 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1611 */
1612 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1616 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1619
1620 /**
1621 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1622 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1623 */
1624 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1625
1626 /**
1627 * SMTP Mode.
1628 *
1629 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1630 * Default to false or fill an array :
1631 *
1632 * @code
1633 * $wgSMTP = [
1634 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1635 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1636 * 'port' => '25',
1637 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1638 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1639 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1640 * ];
1641 * @endcode
1642 */
1643 $wgSMTP = false;
1644
1645 /**
1646 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1647 */
1648 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1652 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1653 */
1654 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1655
1656 /**
1657 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1658 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1659 */
1660 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1661
1662 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1663 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1664 # enable or disable at their discretion
1665 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1666 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1667
1668 /**
1669 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1670 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1671 * spam relay.
1672 */
1673 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1674
1675 /**
1676 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1677 */
1678 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1679
1680 /**
1681 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1682 * user talk page.
1683 *
1684 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1685 * preference set to true.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1691 * allowed this in the preferences.
1692 */
1693 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1694
1695 /**
1696 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1697 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1700 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1701 *
1702 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1703 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1704 *
1705 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1706 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1707 */
1708 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1709
1710 /**
1711 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1712 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1713 *
1714 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1715 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1721 * match the limit on your mail server.
1722 */
1723 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1724
1725 /**
1726 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1727 */
1728 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1729
1730 /**
1731 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1732 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1733 */
1734 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1735
1736 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1737
1738 /************************************************************************//**
1739 * @name Database settings
1740 * @{
1741 */
1742
1743 /**
1744 * Database host name or IP address
1745 */
1746 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1747
1748 /**
1749 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1750 */
1751 $wgDBport = 5432;
1752
1753 /**
1754 * Name of the database
1755 */
1756 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1757
1758 /**
1759 * Database username
1760 */
1761 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1762
1763 /**
1764 * Database user's password
1765 */
1766 $wgDBpassword = '';
1767
1768 /**
1769 * Database type
1770 */
1771 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1772
1773 /**
1774 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1775 *
1776 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1777 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1778 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1779 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1780 */
1781 $wgDBssl = false;
1782
1783 /**
1784 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1785 *
1786 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1787 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1788 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1789 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1790 */
1791 $wgDBcompress = false;
1792
1793 /**
1794 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1795 */
1796 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1797
1798 /**
1799 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1800 */
1801 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1802
1803 /**
1804 * Search type.
1805 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1806 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1807 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1808 */
1809 $wgSearchType = null;
1810
1811 /**
1812 * Alternative search types
1813 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1814 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1815 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1816 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1817 */
1818 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1819
1820 /**
1821 * Table name prefix
1822 */
1823 $wgDBprefix = '';
1824
1825 /**
1826 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1827 */
1828 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1829
1830 /**
1831 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1832 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1833 * DBA has done his best job.
1834 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1835 */
1836 $wgSQLMode = '';
1837
1838 /**
1839 * Mediawiki schema
1840 */
1841 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1842
1843 /**
1844 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1845 */
1846 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1847
1848 /**
1849 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1850 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1851 * main database.
1852 *
1853 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1854 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1855 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1856 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1857 *
1858 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1859 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1860 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1861 *
1862 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1863 * $wgDBprefix.
1864 *
1865 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1866 * $wgDBmwschema.
1867 *
1868 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1869 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1870 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1871 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1872 */
1873 $wgSharedDB = null;
1874
1875 /**
1876 * @see $wgSharedDB
1877 */
1878 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1879
1880 /**
1881 * @see $wgSharedDB
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1884
1885 /**
1886 * @see $wgSharedDB
1887 * @since 1.23
1888 */
1889 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1890
1891 /**
1892 * Database load balancer
1893 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1894 * Fields are:
1895 * - host: Host name
1896 * - dbname: Default database name
1897 * - user: DB user
1898 * - password: DB password
1899 * - type: DB type
1900 *
1901 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1902 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1903 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1904 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1905 *
1906 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1907 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1908 *
1909 * - flags: bit field
1910 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1911 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1912 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1913 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1914 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1915 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1916 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1917 * if available
1918 *
1919 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1920 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1921 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1922 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1923 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1924 *
1925 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1926 * variable of the Database object.
1927 *
1928 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1929 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1930 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1931 *
1932 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1933 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1934 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1935 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1936 *
1937 * @code
1938 * SET @@read_only=1;
1939 * @endcode
1940 *
1941 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1942 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1943 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1944 */
1945 $wgDBservers = false;
1946
1947 /**
1948 * Load balancer factory configuration
1949 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1950 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1951 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1952 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1953 *
1954 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1955 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1956 */
1957 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1958
1959 /**
1960 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1961 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1962 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1963 * @since 1.27
1964 */
1965 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1966
1967 /**
1968 * File to log database errors to
1969 */
1970 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1971
1972 /**
1973 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1974 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1975 *
1976 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1977 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1978 *
1979 * @par Examples:
1980 * @code
1981 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1982 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1983 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1984 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1985 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1986 * @endcode
1987 *
1988 * @since 1.20
1989 */
1990 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1991
1992 /**
1993 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1994 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1995 *
1996 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1997 *
1998 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1999 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2000 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2001 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2002 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2003 *
2004 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2005 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2006 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2007 */
2008 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2009
2010 /**
2011 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2012 *
2013 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2014 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2015 * block).
2016 *
2017 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2018 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2019 * connections.
2020 *
2021 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2022 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2023 * pooled.
2024 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2025 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2026 *
2027 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2028 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2029 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2030 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2031 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2032 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2033 *
2034 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2035 */
2036 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2037
2038 /**
2039 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2040 * account.
2041 * Array numeric key => database name
2042 */
2043 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2044
2045 /**
2046 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2047 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2048 * show a more obvious warning.
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2054 */
2055 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2056
2057 /**
2058 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2059 */
2060 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2061
2062 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2063
2064 /************************************************************************//**
2065 * @name Text storage
2066 * @{
2067 */
2068
2069 /**
2070 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2071 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2072 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2073 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2074 */
2075 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2076
2077 /**
2078 * External stores allow including content
2079 * from non database sources following URL links.
2080 *
2081 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2082 * @code
2083 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2084 * @endcode
2085 *
2086 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2087 */
2088 $wgExternalStores = [];
2089
2090 /**
2091 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2092 *
2093 * @par Example:
2094 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2095 * @code
2096 * $wgExternalServers = [
2097 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2098 * ];
2099 * @endcode
2100 *
2101 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2102 * another class.
2103 */
2104 $wgExternalServers = [];
2105
2106 /**
2107 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2108 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2109 *
2110 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2111 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2112 *
2113 * @par Example:
2114 * @code
2115 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2116 * @endcode
2117 *
2118 * @var array
2119 */
2120 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2121
2122 /**
2123 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2124 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2125 *
2126 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2127 */
2128 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2129
2130 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2131
2132 /************************************************************************//**
2133 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2134 * @{
2135 */
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable database-intensive features
2139 */
2140 $wgMiserMode = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2144 */
2145 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2149 */
2150 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2154 */
2155 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Enable slow parser functions
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Allow schema updates
2164 */
2165 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2169 */
2170 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2171
2172 /**
2173 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2174 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2175 */
2176 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2177
2178 /**
2179 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2180 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2181 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2182 * @since 1.26
2183 */
2184 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2185
2186 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2187
2188 /************************************************************************//**
2189 * @name Cache settings
2190 * @{
2191 */
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2195 * from the web.
2196 *
2197 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2198 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2199 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2200 */
2201 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2202
2203 /**
2204 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2205 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2206 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2207 *
2208 * The options are:
2209 *
2210 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2211 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2212 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2213 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2214 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2215 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2216 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2217 *
2218 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2219 */
2220 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2221
2222 /**
2223 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2224 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2225 *
2226 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2227 */
2228 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2229
2230 /**
2231 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2232 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2233 *
2234 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2235 */
2236 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2237
2238 /**
2239 * The cache type for storing session data.
2240 *
2241 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2242 */
2243 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2244
2245 /**
2246 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2247 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2248 *
2249 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2250 *
2251 * @since 1.20
2252 */
2253 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2254
2255 /**
2256 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2257 *
2258 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2259 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2260 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2261 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2262 *
2263 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2264 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2265 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2266 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2267 */
2268 $wgObjectCaches = [
2269 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2270 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2271
2272 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2273 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2274 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2275
2276 'db-replicated' => [
2277 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2278 'readFactory' => [
2279 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2280 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2281 ],
2282 'writeFactory' => [
2283 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2284 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2285 ],
2286 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2287 'reportDupes' => false
2288 ],
2289
2290 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2292 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2293 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2294 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2295 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2296 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2297 ];
2298
2299 /**
2300 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2301 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2302 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2303 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2304 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2305 *
2306 * The options are:
2307 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2308 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2309 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2310 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2311 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2312 * @since 1.26
2313 */
2314 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2315
2316 /**
2317 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2318 *
2319 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2320 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2321 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2322 *
2323 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2324 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2325 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2326 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2327 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2328 *
2329 * @since 1.26
2330 */
2331 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2332 CACHE_NONE => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2335 'channels' => []
2336 ]
2337 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2338 'memcached-php' => [
2339 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2340 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2341 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2342 ]
2343 */
2344 ];
2345
2346 /**
2347 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2348 *
2349 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2350 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2351 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2352 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2353 *
2354 * @var bool
2355 * @since 1.29
2356 */
2357 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2358
2359 /**
2360 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2361 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2362 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2363 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2364 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2365 *
2366 * The options are:
2367 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2368 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2369 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2370 *
2371 * @since 1.26
2372 */
2373 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2374
2375 /**
2376 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2377 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2378 */
2379 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2380
2381 /**
2382 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2383 */
2384 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2385
2386 /**
2387 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2388 */
2389 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2390
2391 /**
2392 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2393 */
2394 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2395
2396 /**
2397 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2398 *
2399 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2400 *
2401 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2402 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2403 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2404 * others' cookies.
2405 *
2406 * @since 1.27
2407 * @var string
2408 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2409 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2410 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2411 */
2412 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2413
2414 /**
2415 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2416 *
2417 * @since 1.28
2418 */
2419 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2420
2421 /**
2422 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2423 */
2424 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2425
2426 /**
2427 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2428 */
2429 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2430
2431 /**
2432 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2433 * requests.
2434 */
2435 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2436
2437 /**
2438 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2439 */
2440 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2441
2442 /**
2443 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2444 *
2445 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2446 *
2447 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2448 *
2449 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2450 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2451 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2452 */
2453 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2454
2455 /**
2456 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2457 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2458 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2459 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2460 */
2461 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2462
2463 /**
2464 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2465 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2466 *
2467 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2468 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2469 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2470 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2471 * otherwise the database will be used.
2472 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2473 * store static arrays.
2474 *
2475 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2476 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2477 *
2478 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2479 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2480 * will be used.
2481 *
2482 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2483 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2484 */
2485 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2486 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2487 'store' => 'detect',
2488 'storeClass' => false,
2489 'storeDirectory' => false,
2490 'manualRecache' => false,
2491 ];
2492
2493 /**
2494 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2495 */
2496 $wgCachePages = true;
2497
2498 /**
2499 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2500 * client-side and server-side caching.
2501 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2502 * @verbatim
2503 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2504 * @endverbatim
2505 */
2506 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2507
2508 /**
2509 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2510 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2511 */
2512 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2513
2514 /**
2515 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2516 *
2517 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2518 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2519 * styles.
2520 */
2521 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2522
2523 /**
2524 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2525 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2526 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2527 */
2528 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2529
2530 /**
2531 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2532 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2533 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2534 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2535 */
2536 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2537
2538 /**
2539 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2540 * @deprecated since 1.26
2541 */
2542 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2543
2544 /**
2545 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2546 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2547 */
2548 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2549
2550 /**
2551 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2552 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2553 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2554 *
2555 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2556 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2557 * don't update as expected.
2558 */
2559 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2560
2561 /**
2562 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2563 */
2564 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2565
2566 /**
2567 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2568 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2569 *
2570 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2571 */
2572 $wgUseGzip = false;
2573
2574 /**
2575 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2576 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2577 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2578 * a grace period.
2579 */
2580 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2581
2582 /**
2583 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2584 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2585 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2586 *
2587 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2588 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2589 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2590 */
2591 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2592
2593 /**
2594 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2595 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2596 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2597 *
2598 * @par Example:
2599 * @code
2600 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2601 * @endcode
2602 *
2603 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2604 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2605 *
2606 * @var int|bool
2607 */
2608 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2609
2610 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2611
2612 /************************************************************************//**
2613 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2614 *
2615 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2616 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2617 *
2618 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2619 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2620 * more details.
2621 *
2622 * @{
2623 */
2624
2625 /**
2626 * Enable/disable CDN.
2627 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2628 */
2629 $wgUseSquid = false;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2633 */
2634 $wgUseESI = false;
2635
2636 /**
2637 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2638 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2639 * @since 1.27
2640 */
2641 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2642
2643 /**
2644 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2645 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2646 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2647 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2648 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2649 * HTTP redirects.
2650 */
2651 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2652
2653 /**
2654 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2655 *
2656 * @par Example:
2657 * @code
2658 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2659 * @endcode
2660 */
2661 $wgInternalServer = false;
2662
2663 /**
2664 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2665 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2666 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2667 *
2668 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2669 */
2670 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2671
2672 /**
2673 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2674 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2675 * @since 1.27
2676 */
2677 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2681 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2682 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2683 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2684 *
2685 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2686 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2687 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2688 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2689 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2690 *
2691 * @since 1.27
2692 */
2693 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2694
2695 /**
2696 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2697 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2698 * @since 1.27
2699 */
2700 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2701
2702 /**
2703 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2704 *
2705 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2706 */
2707 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2708
2709 /**
2710 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2711 *
2712 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2713 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2714 *
2715 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2716 */
2717 $wgSquidServers = [];
2718
2719 /**
2720 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2721 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2722 * CIDR blocks.
2723 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2724 */
2725 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2726
2727 /**
2728 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2729 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2730 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2731 *
2732 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2733 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2734 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2735 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2736 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2737 *
2738 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2739 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2740 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2741 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2742 * reverse).
2743 *
2744 * @since 1.21
2745 */
2746 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2747
2748 /**
2749 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2750 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2751 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2752 *
2753 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2754 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2755 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2756 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2757 *
2758 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2759 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2760 * @code
2761 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2762 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2763 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2764 * 'port' => 4827,
2765 * ],
2766 * '' => [
2767 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2768 * 'port' => 4827,
2769 * ],
2770 * ];
2771 * @endcode
2772 *
2773 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2774 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2775 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2776 *
2777 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2778 * @code
2779 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2780 * '' => [
2781 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2782 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2783 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2784 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2785 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2786 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2787 * ],
2788 * ];
2789 * @endcode
2790 *
2791 * @since 1.22
2792 *
2793 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2794 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2795 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2796 *
2797 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2798 */
2799 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2800
2801 /**
2802 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2803 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2804 */
2805 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2806
2807 /**
2808 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2809 */
2810 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2811
2812 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2813
2814 /************************************************************************//**
2815 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2816 * @{
2817 */
2818
2819 /**
2820 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2821 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2822 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2823 *
2824 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2825 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2826 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2827 *
2828 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2829 * change it in their preferences.
2830 *
2831 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2832 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2833 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2834 */
2835 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2836
2837 /**
2838 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2839 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2840 */
2841 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2842
2843 /**
2844 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2845 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2846 *
2847 * @par Example:
2848 * @code
2849 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2850 * @endcode
2851 */
2852 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2853
2854 /**
2855 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2856 */
2857 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2858
2859 /**
2860 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2861 */
2862 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2863
2864 /**
2865 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2866 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2867 * Notes:
2868 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2869 * map.
2870 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2871 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2872 * this array.
2873 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2874 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2875 * the prefix in this array.
2876 */
2877 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2878
2879 /**
2880 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2881 */
2882 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2883
2884 /**
2885 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2886 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2887 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2888 *
2889 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2890 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2891 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2892 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2893 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2894 *
2895 * @since 1.29
2896 */
2897 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2898 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2899 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2900 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2901 ];
2902
2903 /**
2904 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2905 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2906 *
2907 * @deprecated since 1.29
2908 */
2909 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2910
2911 /**
2912 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2913 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2914 * set to "ar".
2915 *
2916 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2917 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2918 */
2919 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2920
2921 /**
2922 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2923 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2924 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2925 * support these characters.
2926 *
2927 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2928 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2929 */
2930 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2931
2932 /**
2933 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2934 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2935 * impact.
2936 *
2937 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2938 * details.
2939 *
2940 * @since 1.17
2941 */
2942 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2943
2944 /**
2945 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2946 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2947 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2948 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2949 *
2950 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2951 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2952 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2953 */
2954 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2955
2956 /**
2957 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2958 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2959 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2960 */
2961 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2962 /**
2963 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2964 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2965 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2966 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2967 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2968 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2969 *
2970 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2971 */
2972 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2973 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2974 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2975
2976 /**
2977 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2978 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2979 *
2980 * Known useragents:
2981 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2982 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2983 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2984 * - [...]
2985 *
2986 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2987 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2988 */
2989 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2990
2991 /**
2992 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2993 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2994 */
2995 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2996 ];
2997
2998 /**
2999 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
3000 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
3001 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
3002 *
3003 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
3004 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
3005 * to remain viewable.
3006 *
3007 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
3008 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
3009 */
3010 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3014 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3015 */
3016 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3017
3018 /**
3019 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3020 * numerals in interface.
3021 */
3022 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3026 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3027 */
3028 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3029
3030 /**
3031 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3032 */
3033 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3034
3035 /**
3036 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3037 */
3038 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3039
3040 /**
3041 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3042 */
3043 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3044
3045 /**
3046 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3047 */
3048 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3052 */
3053 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3054
3055 /**
3056 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3057 * used to ease variant development work.
3058 */
3059 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3063 *
3064 * @par Example:
3065 * @code
3066 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3067 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3068 * @endcode
3069 */
3070 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3071
3072 /**
3073 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3074 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3075 * language variant.
3076 *
3077 * @par Example:
3078 * @code
3079 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3080 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3081 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3082 * @endcode
3083 *
3084 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3085 *
3086 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3087 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3088 */
3089 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3090
3091 /**
3092 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3093 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3094 * customise these.
3095 */
3096 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3097
3098 /**
3099 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3100 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3101 *
3102 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3103 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3104 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3105 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3106 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3107 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3108 * the default behavior.
3109 *
3110 * @par Example:
3111 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3112 * portal:
3113 * @code
3114 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3115 * @endcode
3116 */
3117 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3118
3119 /**
3120 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3121 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3122 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3123 *
3124 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3125 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3126 *
3127 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3128 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3129 *
3130 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3131 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3132 *
3133 * @par Examples:
3134 * @code
3135 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3136 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3137 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3138 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3139 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3140 * @endcode
3141 */
3142 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3143
3144 /**
3145 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3146 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3147 *
3148 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3149 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3150 *
3151 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3152 */
3153 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3154
3155 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3156
3157 /*************************************************************************//**
3158 * @name Output format and skin settings
3159 * @{
3160 */
3161
3162 /**
3163 * The default Content-Type header.
3164 */
3165 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3166
3167 /**
3168 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3169 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3170 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3171 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3172 * @deprecated since 1.22
3173 */
3174 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3175
3176 /**
3177 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3178 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3179 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3180 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3181 * @deprecated since 1.22
3182 */
3183 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3184
3185 /**
3186 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3187 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3188 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3189 * to true by Setup.php.
3190 * @deprecated since 1.22
3191 */
3192 $wgHtml5 = true;
3193
3194 /**
3195 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3196 *
3197 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3198 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3199 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3200 * @since 1.16
3201 */
3202 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3203
3204 /**
3205 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3206 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3207 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3208 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3209 * @since 1.24
3210 */
3211 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3212
3213 /**
3214 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3215 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3216 * stable and change has been communicated.
3217 * @since 1.24
3218 */
3219 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3220
3221 /**
3222 * Temporary variable that determines whether the EditPage class should use OOjs UI or not.
3223 * This will be removed later and OOjs UI will become the only option.
3224 *
3225 * @since 1.29
3226 */
3227 $wgOOUIEditPage = true;
3228
3229 /**
3230 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3231 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3232 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3233 *
3234 * @since 1.28
3235 */
3236 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3237
3238 /**
3239 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3240 *
3241 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3242 *
3243 * @par Example:
3244 * @code
3245 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3246 * @endcode
3247 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3248 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3249 *
3250 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3251 */
3252 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3253
3254 /**
3255 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3256 *
3257 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3258 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3259 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3260 */
3261 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3262
3263 /**
3264 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3265 */
3266 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3270 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3271 */
3272 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3276 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3277 */
3278 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3282 *
3283 * @since 1.24
3284 */
3285 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3289 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3290 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3291 */
3292 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3293
3294 /**
3295 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3296 */
3297 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3298
3299 /**
3300 * Allow user Javascript page?
3301 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3302 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3303 */
3304 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3309 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3310 */
3311 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3312
3313 /**
3314 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3315 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3316 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3317 */
3318 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3319
3320 /**
3321 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3322 */
3323 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3327 */
3328 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3329
3330 /**
3331 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3332 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3333 */
3334 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3335
3336 /**
3337 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3338 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3339 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3340 *
3341 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3342 *
3343 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3344 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3345 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3346 *
3347 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3348 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3349 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3350 * recommended.
3351 *
3352 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3353 * not just edit pages.
3354 */
3355 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3356
3357 /**
3358 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3359 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3360 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3361 * Options are:
3362 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3363 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3364 * - false: Allow all framing.
3365 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3366 */
3367 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3368
3369 /**
3370 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3371 */
3372 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3373
3374 /**
3375 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3376 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3377 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3378 *
3379 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3380 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3381 * content (particularly Cite). See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3382 */
3383 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3384
3385 /**
3386 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3387 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3388 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3389 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3390 *
3391 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3392 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3393 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3394 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3395 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3396 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3397 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3398 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3399 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3400 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3401 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3402 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3403 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3404 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3405 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3406 * not be outputted
3407 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3408 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3409 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3410 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3411 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3412 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3413 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3414 */
3415 $wgFooterIcons = [
3416 "copyright" => [
3417 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3418 ],
3419 "poweredby" => [
3420 "mediawiki" => [
3421 // Defaults to point at
3422 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3423 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3424 "src" => null,
3425 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3426 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3427 ]
3428 ],
3429 ];
3430
3431 /**
3432 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3433 * to create an account.
3434 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3435 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3436 */
3437 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3438
3439 /**
3440 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3441 */
3442 $wgEdititis = false;
3443
3444 /**
3445 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3446 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3447 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3448 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3449 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3450 *
3451 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3452 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3453 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3454 */
3455 $wgSend404Code = true;
3456
3457 /**
3458 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3459 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3460 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3461 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3462 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3463 *
3464 * @since 1.20
3465 */
3466 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3467
3468 /**
3469 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3470 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3471 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3472 * unconditionally.
3473 */
3474 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3475
3476 /**
3477 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3478 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3479 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3480 * the domain root.
3481 *
3482 * @since 1.25
3483 */
3484 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3485
3486 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3487
3488 /*************************************************************************//**
3489 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3490 * @{
3491 */
3492
3493 /**
3494 * Client-side resource modules.
3495 *
3496 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3497 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3498 *
3499 * @par Example:
3500 * @code
3501 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3502 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3503 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3504 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3505 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3506 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3507 * ];
3508 * @endcode
3509 */
3510 $wgResourceModules = [];
3511
3512 /**
3513 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3514 *
3515 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3516 * not be modified or disabled.
3517 *
3518 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3523 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3524 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3525 * ];
3526 *
3527 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3528 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3529 * ];
3530 * @endcode
3531 *
3532 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3533 *
3534 * @par Equivalent:
3535 * @code
3536 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3537 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3538 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3539 * 'skinStyles' => [
3540 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3541 * ],
3542 * ];
3543 * @endcode
3544 *
3545 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3546 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3547 *
3548 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3549 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3550 *
3551 * @par Example:
3552 * @code
3553 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3554 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3555 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3556 * 'skinStyles' => [
3557 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3558 * ],
3559 * ];
3560 * // Note the '+' character:
3561 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3562 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 *
3566 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3567 *
3568 * @par Equivalent:
3569 * @code
3570 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3571 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3572 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3573 * 'skinStyles' => [
3574 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3575 * 'foo' => [
3576 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3577 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3578 * ],
3579 * ],
3580 * ];
3581 * @endcode
3582 *
3583 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3584 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3585 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3586 *
3587 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3588 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3589 *
3590 * @par Example:
3591 * @code
3592 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3593 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3594 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3595 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3596 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3597 * ];
3598 * @endcode
3599 */
3600 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3601
3602 /**
3603 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3604 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3605 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3606 *
3607 * @par Example:
3608 * @code
3609 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3610 * @endcode
3611 */
3612 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3613
3614 /**
3615 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3616 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3617 */
3618 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3619
3620 /**
3621 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3622 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3623 *
3624 * Following options to distinguish:
3625 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3626 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3627 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3628 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3629 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3630 *
3631 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3632 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3633 * client and MediaWiki.
3634 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3635 */
3636 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3637 'versioned' => [
3638 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3639 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3640 ],
3641 'unversioned' => [
3642 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3643 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3644 ],
3645 ];
3646
3647 /**
3648 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3649 *
3650 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3651 */
3652 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3653
3654 /**
3655 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3656 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3657 *
3658 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3659 */
3660 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3661
3662 /**
3663 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3664 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3665 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3666 *
3667 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3668 */
3669 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3670
3671 /**
3672 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3673 *
3674 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3675 */
3676 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3677
3678 /**
3679 * Use jQuery 3 (with jQuery Migrate) instead of jQuery 1.
3680 *
3681 * This is a temporary feature flag for the MediaWiki 1.29 development cycle while
3682 * instabilities with jQuery 3 are being addressed. See T124742.
3683 *
3684 * @deprecated since 1.29
3685 */
3686 $wgUsejQueryThree = true;
3687
3688 /**
3689 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3690 *
3691 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3692 * work.
3693 *
3694 * @par Example of legacy code:
3695 * @code{,js}
3696 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3697 * @endcode
3698 * or:
3699 * @code{,js}
3700 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3701 * @endcode
3702 *
3703 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3704 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3705 * @code{,js}
3706 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3707 * @endcode
3708 * or:
3709 * @code{,js}
3710 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3711 * @endcode
3712 */
3713 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3714
3715 /**
3716 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3717 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3718 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3719 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3720 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3721 * that you can't increase.
3722 *
3723 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3724 * string length limit.
3725 *
3726 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3727 */
3728 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3729
3730 /**
3731 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3732 * prior to minification to validate it.
3733 *
3734 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3735 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3736 */
3737 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3738
3739 /**
3740 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3741 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3742 *
3743 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3744 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3745 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3746 */
3747 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3748
3749 /**
3750 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3751 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3752 *
3753 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3754 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3755 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3756 *
3757 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3758 *
3759 * @par Example:
3760 * @code
3761 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3762 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3763 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3764 * ];
3765 * @endcode
3766 * @since 1.22
3767 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3768 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3769 */
3770 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3771 /**
3772 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3773 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3774 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3775 * @since 1.27
3776 */
3777 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3778 ];
3779
3780 /**
3781 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3782 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3783 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3784 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3785 *
3786 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3787 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3788 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3789 * files from its own tree.
3790 *
3791 * @since 1.22
3792 */
3793 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3794 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3795 ];
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3799 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3800 */
3801 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3802
3803 /**
3804 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3805 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3806 *
3807 * @since 1.23
3808 */
3809 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3810
3811 /**
3812 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3813 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3814 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3815 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3816 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3817 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3818 * from the rest of the site.
3819 *
3820 * @since 1.25
3821 */
3822 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3823
3824 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3825
3826 /*************************************************************************//**
3827 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3828 * @{
3829 */
3830
3831 /**
3832 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3833 * used instead.
3834 */
3835 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3836
3837 /**
3838 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3839 *
3840 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3841 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3842 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3843 */
3844 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3845
3846 /**
3847 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3848 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3849 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3850 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3851 * hook or extension.json.
3852 *
3853 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3854 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3855 * the new namespace name.
3856 *
3857 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3858 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3859 *
3860 * @par Example:
3861 * @code
3862 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3863 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3864 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3865 * 102 => "Aide",
3866 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3867 * ];
3868 * @endcode
3869 *
3870 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3871 */
3872 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3873
3874 /**
3875 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3876 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3877 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3878 * @since 1.18
3879 */
3880 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3881
3882 /**
3883 * Namespace aliases.
3884 *
3885 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3886 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3887 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3888 * name.
3889 *
3890 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3891 *
3892 * @par Example:
3893 * @code
3894 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3895 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3896 * 'Help' => 100,
3897 * ];
3898 * @endcode
3899 */
3900 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3901
3902 /**
3903 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3904 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3905 *
3906 * Problematic punctuation:
3907 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3908 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3909 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3910 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3911 * corrupted by apache
3912 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3913 *
3914 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3915 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3916 *
3917 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3918 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3919 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3920 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3921 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3922 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3923 *
3924 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3925 *
3926 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3927 * this breaks interlanguage links
3928 */
3929 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3930
3931 /**
3932 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3933 *
3934 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3935 */
3936 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3940 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3941 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3942 *
3943 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3944 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3945 */
3946 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3947
3948 /**
3949 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3950 */
3951 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3952
3953 /**
3954 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3955 * @{
3956 */
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3960 * database (.cdb) file.
3961 *
3962 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3963 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3964 * formats such as the following:
3965 *
3966 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3967 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3968 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3969 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3970 *
3971 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3972 * data layout.
3973 *
3974 * @var bool|array|string
3975 */
3976 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3977
3978 /**
3979 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3980 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3981 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3982 * - 3: site levels
3983 */
3984 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3985
3986 /**
3987 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3988 */
3989 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3990
3991 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3992
3993 /**
3994 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3995 * @{
3996 */
3997
3998 /**
3999 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4000 */
4001 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4002
4003 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4004
4005 /**
4006 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4007 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4008 * as 'redirected from' links.
4009 *
4010 * @par Example:
4011 * It might look something like this:
4012 * @code
4013 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4014 * @endcode
4015 *
4016 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4017 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4018 * the URL.
4019 */
4020 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4021
4022 /**
4023 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4024 *
4025 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4026 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4027 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4028 */
4029 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4030
4031 /**
4032 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4033 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4034 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4035 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4036 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4037 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4038 * NS_FILE.
4039 *
4040 * @par Example:
4041 * @code
4042 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4043 * @endcode
4044 */
4045 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4046
4047 /**
4048 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4049 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4050 */
4051 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4052 NS_TALK => true,
4053 NS_USER => true,
4054 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4055 NS_PROJECT => true,
4056 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4057 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4058 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4059 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4060 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4061 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4062 NS_HELP => true,
4063 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4064 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4065 ];
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4069 *
4070 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4071 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4072 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4073 *
4074 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4075 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4076 *
4077 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4078 * the new extension registration system.
4079 *
4080 * @since 1.23
4081 */
4082 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4083
4084 /**
4085 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4086 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4087 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4088 * number of articles in the wiki.
4089 */
4090 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4091
4092 /**
4093 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4094 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4095 * be shown on that page.
4096 */
4097 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4098
4099 /**
4100 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4101 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4102 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4103 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4104 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4105 */
4106 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4107
4108 /**
4109 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4110 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4111 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4112 */
4113 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4114
4115 /**
4116 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4117 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4118 * will make the redirect fail.
4119 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4120 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4121 *
4122 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4123 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4124 */
4125 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4126
4127 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4128
4129 /************************************************************************//**
4130 * @name Parser settings
4131 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4132 * @{
4133 */
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4137 *
4138 * class The class name
4139 *
4140 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4141 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4142 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4143 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4144 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4145 *
4146 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4147 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4148 *
4149 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4150 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4151 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4152 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4153 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4154 * an extension setup function.
4155 */
4156 $wgParserConf = [
4157 'class' => 'Parser',
4158 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4159 ];
4160
4161 /**
4162 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4163 */
4164 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4165
4166 /**
4167 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4168 * by PPFrame::expand()
4169 */
4170 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4171
4172 /**
4173 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4174 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4175 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4176 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4177 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4178 *
4179 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4180 */
4181 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4182
4183 /**
4184 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4185 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4186 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4187 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4188 */
4189 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4190
4191 /**
4192 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4193 */
4194 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4195
4196 /**
4197 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4198 *
4199 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4200 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4201 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4202 * more information.
4203 *
4204 * @see wfParseUrl
4205 */
4206 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4207 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4208 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4209 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4210 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4211 ];
4212
4213 /**
4214 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4215 */
4216 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4217
4218 /**
4219 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4220 */
4221 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4222
4223 /**
4224 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4225 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4226 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4227 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4228 *
4229 * @par Examples:
4230 * @code
4231 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4232 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4233 * @endcode
4234 */
4235 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4236
4237 /**
4238 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4239 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4240 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4241 * The image will be displayed.
4242 *
4243 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4244 * Or false to disable it
4245 */
4246 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4247
4248 /**
4249 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4250 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4251 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4252 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4253 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4254 * sites they control.
4255 */
4256 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4257
4258 /**
4259 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4260 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4261 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4262 *
4263 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4264 * parameters will be used instead.
4265 *
4266 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4267 *
4268 * Keys are:
4269 * - driver: May be:
4270 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4271 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4272 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4273 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4274 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4275 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4276 *
4277 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4278 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4279 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4280 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4281 */
4282 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4283
4284 /**
4285 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4286 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4287 */
4288 $wgUseTidy = false;
4289
4290 /**
4291 * The path to the tidy binary.
4292 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4293 */
4294 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4295
4296 /**
4297 * The path to the tidy config file
4298 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4299 */
4300 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4301
4302 /**
4303 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4304 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4305 */
4306 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4307
4308 /**
4309 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4310 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4311 */
4312 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4313
4314 /**
4315 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4316 * Only works for internal tidy.
4317 */
4318 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4322 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4323 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4324 */
4325 $wgRawHtml = false;
4326
4327 /**
4328 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4329 *
4330 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4331 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4332 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4333 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4334 * to some of your users.
4335 */
4336 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4337
4338 /**
4339 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4340 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4341 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4342 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4343 */
4344 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4345
4346 /**
4347 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4348 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4349 */
4350 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4351
4352 /**
4353 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4354 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4355 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4356 *
4357 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4358 *
4359 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4360 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4361 * etc.
4362 *
4363 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4364 */
4365 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4366
4367 /**
4368 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4369 */
4370 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4371
4372 /**
4373 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4374 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4375 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4376 */
4377 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4381 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4382 */
4383 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4384
4385 /**
4386 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4387 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4388 */
4389 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4393 */
4394 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4395
4396 /**
4397 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4398 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4399 */
4400 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4401
4402 /**
4403 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4404 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4405 *
4406 * @since 1.28
4407 */
4408 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4409 'ISBN' => false,
4410 'PMID' => false,
4411 'RFC' => false
4412 ];
4413
4414 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4415
4416 /************************************************************************//**
4417 * @name Statistics
4418 * @{
4419 */
4420
4421 /**
4422 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4423 * as a valid article.
4424 *
4425 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4426 *
4427 * This variable can have the following values:
4428 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4429 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4430 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4431 *
4432 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4433 *
4434 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4435 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4436 * script.
4437 */
4438 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4439
4440 /**
4441 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4442 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4443 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4444 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4445 * numbers between different wikis.
4446 */
4447 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4448
4449 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4450
4451 /************************************************************************//**
4452 * @name User accounts, authentication
4453 * @{
4454 */
4455
4456 /**
4457 * Central ID lookup providers
4458 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4459 * @since 1.27
4460 */
4461 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4462 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4463 ];
4464
4465 /**
4466 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4467 * @var string
4468 */
4469 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4470
4471 /**
4472 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4473 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4474 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4475 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4476 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4477 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4478 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4479 * Statements:
4480 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4481 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4482 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4483 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4484 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4485 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4486 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4487 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4488 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4489 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4490 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4491 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4492 * @since 1.26
4493 */
4494 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4495 'policies' => [
4496 'bureaucrat' => [
4497 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4498 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4499 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4500 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4501 ],
4502 'sysop' => [
4503 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4504 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4505 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4506 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4507 ],
4508 'bot' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4510 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4512 ],
4513 'default' => [
4514 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4515 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4516 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4517 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4518 ],
4519 ],
4520 'checks' => [
4521 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4522 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4523 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4524 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4525 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4526 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4527 ],
4528 ];
4529
4530 /**
4531 * Configure AuthManager
4532 *
4533 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4534 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4535 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4536 * (default is 0).
4537 *
4538 * Elements are:
4539 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4540 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4541 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4542 *
4543 * @since 1.27
4544 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4545 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4546 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4547 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4548 */
4549 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4550
4551 /**
4552 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4553 * @since 1.27
4554 */
4555 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4556 'preauth' => [
4557 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4558 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4559 'sort' => 0,
4560 ],
4561 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4562 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4563 'sort' => 0,
4564 ],
4565 ],
4566 'primaryauth' => [
4567 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4568 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4569 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4570 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4571 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4572 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4573 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4574 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4575 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4576 'args' => [ [
4577 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4578 'authoritative' => false,
4579 ] ],
4580 'sort' => 0,
4581 ],
4582 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4583 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4584 'args' => [ [
4585 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4586 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4587 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4588 // password") if it too fails.
4589 'authoritative' => true,
4590 ] ],
4591 'sort' => 100,
4592 ],
4593 ],
4594 'secondaryauth' => [
4595 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4596 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4597 'sort' => 0,
4598 ],
4599 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4600 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4601 'sort' => 100,
4602 ],
4603 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4604 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4605 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4606 // 'sort' => 100,
4607 // ],
4608 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4609 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4610 'sort' => 200,
4611 ],
4612 ],
4613 ];
4614
4615 /**
4616 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4617 *
4618 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4619 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4620 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4621 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4622 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4623 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4624 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4625 * that needs to do this.
4626 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4627 * the last X seconds.
4628 * - Come up with a third option.
4629 *
4630 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4631 * "X seconds".
4632 *
4633 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4634 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4635 * - LinkAccounts
4636 * - UnlinkAccount
4637 * - ChangeCredentials
4638 * - RemoveCredentials
4639 * - ChangeEmail
4640 *
4641 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4642 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4643 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4644 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4645 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4646 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4647 *
4648 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4649 *
4650 * @since 1.27
4651 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4652 */
4653 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4654 'default' => 300,
4655 ];
4656
4657 /**
4658 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4659 *
4660 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4661 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4662 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4663 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4664 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4665 *
4666 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4667 *
4668 * @since 1.27
4669 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4670 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4671 */
4672 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4673 'default' => true,
4674 ];
4675
4676 /**
4677 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4678 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4679 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4680 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4681 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4682 * @since 1.27
4683 * @var string[]
4684 */
4685 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4686 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4687 ];
4688
4689 /**
4690 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4691 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4692 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4693 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4694 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4695 * @since 1.27
4696 * @var string[]
4697 */
4698 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4699 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4700 ];
4701
4702 /**
4703 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4704 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4705 */
4706 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4707
4708 /**
4709 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4710 * words are allowed.
4711 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4712 */
4713 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4714
4715 /**
4716 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4717 *
4718 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4719 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4720 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4721 *
4722 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4723 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4724 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4725 */
4726 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4727
4728 /**
4729 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4730 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4731 * @since 1.23
4732 */
4733 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4734
4735 /**
4736 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4737 *
4738 * @since 1.24
4739 */
4740 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4741
4742 /**
4743 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4744 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4745 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4746 *
4747 * An advanced example:
4748 * @code
4749 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4750 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4751 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4752 * 'secrets' => [],
4753 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4754 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4755 * 'cost' => 5,
4756 * ];
4757 * @endcode
4758 *
4759 * @since 1.24
4760 */
4761 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4762 'A' => [
4763 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4764 ],
4765 'B' => [
4766 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4767 ],
4768 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4769 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4770 'types' => [
4771 'A',
4772 'pbkdf2',
4773 ],
4774 ],
4775 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4776 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4777 'types' => [
4778 'B',
4779 'pbkdf2',
4780 ],
4781 ],
4782 'bcrypt' => [
4783 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4784 'cost' => 9,
4785 ],
4786 'pbkdf2' => [
4787 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4788 'algo' => 'sha512',
4789 'cost' => '30000',
4790 'length' => '64',
4791 ],
4792 ];
4793
4794 /**
4795 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4796 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4797 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4798 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4799 */
4800 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4801 'username' => true,
4802 'email' => true,
4803 ];
4804
4805 /**
4806 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4807 */
4808 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4809
4810 /**
4811 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4812 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4813 */
4814 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4815
4816 /**
4817 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4818 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4819 */
4820 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4821 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4822 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4823 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4824 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4825 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4826 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4827 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4828 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4829 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4830 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4831 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4832 ];
4833
4834 /**
4835 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4836 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4837 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4838 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4839 */
4840 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4841 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4842 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4843 'date' => 'default',
4844 'diffonly' => 0,
4845 'disablemail' => 0,
4846 'editfont' => 'default',
4847 'editondblclick' => 0,
4848 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4849 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4850 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4851 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4852 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4853 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4854 'fancysig' => 0,
4855 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4856 'gender' => 'unknown',
4857 'hideminor' => 0,
4858 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4859 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4860 'imagesize' => 2,
4861 'math' => 1,
4862 'minordefault' => 0,
4863 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4864 'nickname' => '',
4865 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4866 'numberheadings' => 0,
4867 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4868 'previewontop' => 1,
4869 'rcdays' => 7,
4870 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4871 'rclimit' => 50,
4872 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4873 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4874 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4875 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4876 'skin' => false,
4877 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4878 'thumbsize' => 5,
4879 'underline' => 2,
4880 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4881 'usenewrc' => 1,
4882 'watchcreations' => 1,
4883 'watchdefault' => 1,
4884 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4885 'watchuploads' => 1,
4886 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4887 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4888 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4889 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4890 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4891 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4892 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4893 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4894 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4895 'watchmoves' => 0,
4896 'watchrollback' => 0,
4897 'wllimit' => 250,
4898 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4899 'prefershttps' => 1,
4900 ];
4901
4902 /**
4903 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4904 */
4905 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4906
4907 /**
4908 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4909 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4910 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4911 */
4912 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4913
4914 /**
4915 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4916 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4917 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4918 *
4919 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4920 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4921 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4922 */
4923 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4924
4925 /**
4926 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4927 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4928 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4929 * @since 1.17
4930 */
4931 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4932
4933 /**
4934 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4935 *
4936 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4937 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4938 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4939 *
4940 * @since 1.27
4941 * @var string|null
4942 */
4943 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4944
4945 /**
4946 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4947 *
4948 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4949 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4950 *
4951 * @since 1.27
4952 */
4953 $wgSessionProviders = [
4954 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4955 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4956 'args' => [ [
4957 'priority' => 30,
4958 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4959 ] ],
4960 ],
4961 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4962 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4963 'args' => [ [
4964 'priority' => 75,
4965 ] ],
4966 ],
4967 ];
4968
4969 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4970
4971 /************************************************************************//**
4972 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4973 * @{
4974 */
4975
4976 /**
4977 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4978 */
4979 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4980
4981 /**
4982 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4983 */
4984 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4985
4986 /**
4987 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4988 */
4989 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4990
4991 /**
4992 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4993 *
4994 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4995 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4996 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4997 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4998 *
4999 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5000 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5001 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5002 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5003 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5004 */
5005 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5006 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5007 'IPv6' => 19,
5008 ];
5009
5010 /**
5011 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5012 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5013 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5014 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5015 * anonymous visitors.
5016 */
5017 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5018
5019 /**
5020 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5021 *
5022 * @par Example:
5023 * @code
5024 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5025 * @endcode
5026 *
5027 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5028 *
5029 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5030 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5031 *
5032 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5033 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5034 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5035 *
5036 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5037 * hook instead.
5038 */
5039 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5040
5041 /**
5042 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5043 *
5044 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5045 * is without underscore.
5046 *
5047 * @par Example:
5048 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5049 * @code
5050 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5051 * @endcode
5052 *
5053 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5054 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5055 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5056 *
5057 * @par Example:
5058 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5059 * @code
5060 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5061 * @endcode
5062 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5063 *
5064 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5065 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5066 */
5067 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5068
5069 /**
5070 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5071 * address before being allowed to edit?
5072 */
5073 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5074
5075 /**
5076 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5077 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5078 */
5079 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5080
5081 /**
5082 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5083 *
5084 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5085 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5086 *
5087 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5088 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5089 *
5090 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5091 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5092 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5093 * in in the user_groups table.
5094 *
5095 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5096 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5097 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5098 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5099 *
5100 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5101 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5102 *
5103 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5104 */
5105 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5106
5107 /** @cond file_level_code */
5108 // Implicit group for all visitors
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5110 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5112 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5114 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5122 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5123
5124 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5144
5145 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5148
5149 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5150 // from various log pages by default
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5158 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5159
5160 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5162 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5163 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5164 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5166 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5168 // can view deleted revision text
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5173 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5174 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5178 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5180 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5182 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5200 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5201 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5205
5206 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5209 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5210 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5211 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5212 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5213
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5216 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5217 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5218 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5219 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5220 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5221 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5222 // For private suppression log access
5223 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5224
5225 /**
5226 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5227 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5228 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5229 * server.
5230 */
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5232
5233 /** @endcond */
5234
5235 /**
5236 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5237 *
5238 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5239 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5240 *
5241 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5242 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5243 */
5244 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5245
5246 /**
5247 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5248 */
5249 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5250
5251 /**
5252 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5253 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5254 *
5255 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5256 * group".
5257 *
5258 * @par Example:
5259 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5260 * @code
5261 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5262 * @endcode
5263 *
5264 * @par Example:
5265 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5266 * @code
5267 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5268 * @endcode
5269 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5270 * any group that they happen to be in.
5271 */
5272 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5273
5274 /**
5275 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5276 */
5277 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5278
5279 /**
5280 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5281 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5282 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5283 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5284 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5285 */
5286 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5290 *
5291 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5292 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5293 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5294 *
5295 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5296 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5297 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5298 */
5299 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5300
5301 /**
5302 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5303 *
5304 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5305 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5306 *
5307 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5308 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5309 */
5310 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5311
5312 /**
5313 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5314 *
5315 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5316 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5317 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5318 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5319 * "semiprotected".
5320 *
5321 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5322 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5323 */
5324 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5328 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5329 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5330 *
5331 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5332 */
5333 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5334
5335 /**
5336 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5337 *
5338 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5339 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5340 *
5341 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5342 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5343 */
5344 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5345
5346 /**
5347 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5348 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5349 * privileges of new accounts.
5350 *
5351 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5352 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5353 *
5354 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5355 *
5356 * @par Example:
5357 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5358 * @code
5359 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5360 * @endcode
5361 * Set age to one day:
5362 * @code
5363 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5364 * @endcode
5365 */
5366 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5367
5368 /**
5369 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5370 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5371 *
5372 * @par Example:
5373 * @code
5374 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5375 * @endcode
5376 */
5377 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5378
5379 /**
5380 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5381 *
5382 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5383 *
5384 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5385 * 'groupname' => cond,
5386 * 'group2' => cond2,
5387 * );
5388 *
5389 * A `cond` may be:
5390 * - a single condition without arguments:
5391 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5392 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5393 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5394 * - a single condition with arguments:
5395 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5396 * - a set of conditions:
5397 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5398 *
5399 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5400 * - `&` (**AND**):
5401 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5402 * - `|` (**OR**):
5403 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5404 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5405 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5406 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5407 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5408 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5409 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5410 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5411 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5412 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5413 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5414 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5415 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5416 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5417 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5418 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5419 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5420 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5421 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5422 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5423 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5424 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5425 * true if the user is blocked
5426 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5427 * true if the user is a bot
5428 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5429 *
5430 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5431 * linked by operands.
5432 *
5433 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5434 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5435 */
5436 $wgAutopromote = [
5437 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5438 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5439 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5440 ],
5441 ];
5442
5443 /**
5444 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5445 *
5446 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5447 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5448 *
5449 * The format is:
5450 * @code
5451 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5452 * @endcode
5453 * Where event is either:
5454 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5455 *
5456 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5457 *
5458 * @see $wgAutopromote
5459 * @since 1.18
5460 */
5461 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5462 'onEdit' => [],
5463 ];
5464
5465 /**
5466 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5467 * @since 1.18
5468 */
5469 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5470
5471 /**
5472 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5473 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5474 *
5475 * @par Example:
5476 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5477 * @code
5478 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5479 * @endcode
5480 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5481 * @code
5482 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5483 * @endcode
5484 * Sysops can make bots:
5485 * @code
5486 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5487 * @endcode
5488 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5489 * @code
5490 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5491 * @endcode
5492 */
5493 $wgAddGroups = [];
5494
5495 /**
5496 * @see $wgAddGroups
5497 */
5498 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5499
5500 /**
5501 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5502 * For extensions only.
5503 */
5504 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5505
5506 /**
5507 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5508 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5509 */
5510 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5511
5512 /**
5513 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5514 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5515 * This is limited for performance reason.
5516 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5517 * @since 1.23
5518 */
5519 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5520
5521 /**
5522 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5523 *
5524 * @par Example:
5525 * @code
5526 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5527 * // no more than 100 per month
5528 * [
5529 * 'count' => 100,
5530 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5531 * ],
5532 * // no more than 10 per day
5533 * [
5534 * 'count' => 10,
5535 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5536 * ],
5537 * ];
5538 * @endcode
5539 *
5540 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5541 */
5542 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5543 'count' => 0,
5544 'seconds' => 86400,
5545 ] ];
5546
5547 /**
5548 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5549 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5550 *
5551 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5552 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5553 *
5554 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5555 *
5556 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5557 */
5558 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5559
5560 /**
5561 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5562 */
5563 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5564
5565 /**
5566 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5567 * proxies
5568 * @since 1.16
5569 */
5570 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5571
5572 /**
5573 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5574 *
5575 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5576 * the blacklist require a key).
5577 *
5578 * @par Example:
5579 * @code
5580 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5581 * // String containing URL
5582 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5583 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5584 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5585 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5586 * // just use a string as shown above
5587 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5588 * ];
5589 * @endcode
5590 *
5591 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5592 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5593 * @since 1.16
5594 */
5595 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5596
5597 /**
5598 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5599 * what the other methods might say.
5600 */
5601 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5602
5603 /**
5604 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5605 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5606 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5607 * @since 1.29
5608 * @var string[]
5609 */
5610 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5611
5612 /**
5613 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5614 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5615 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5616 */
5617 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5618
5619 /**
5620 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5621 *
5622 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5623 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5624 * elapses.
5625 *
5626 * @par Example:
5627 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5628 * @code
5629 * $wgRateLimits = [
5630 * 'edit' => [
5631 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5632 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5633 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5634 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5635 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5636 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5637 * ]
5638 * ];
5639 * @endcode
5640 *
5641 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5642 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5643 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5644 * @code
5645 * $wgRateLimits = [
5646 * 'some-action' => [
5647 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5648 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5649 * ];
5650 * @endcode
5651 *
5652 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5653 */
5654 $wgRateLimits = [
5655 // Page edits
5656 'edit' => [
5657 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5658 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5659 ],
5660 // Page moves
5661 'move' => [
5662 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5663 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5664 ],
5665 // File uploads
5666 'upload' => [
5667 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5668 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5669 ],
5670 // Page rollbacks
5671 'rollback' => [
5672 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5673 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5674 ],
5675 // Triggering password resets emails
5676 'mailpassword' => [
5677 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5678 ],
5679 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5680 'emailuser' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5682 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5683 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5684 ],
5685 // Purging pages
5686 'purge' => [
5687 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5688 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5689 ],
5690 // Purges of link tables
5691 'linkpurge' => [
5692 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5693 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5694 ],
5695 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5696 'renderfile' => [
5697 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5698 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5699 ],
5700 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5701 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5702 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5703 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5704 ],
5705 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5706 'stashedit' => [
5707 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5708 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5709 ],
5710 // Adding or removing change tags
5711 'changetag' => [
5712 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5713 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5714 ],
5715 // Changing the content model of a page
5716 'editcontentmodel' => [
5717 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5718 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5719 ],
5720 ];
5721
5722 /**
5723 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5724 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5725 */
5726 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5727
5728 /**
5729 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5730 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5731 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5732 */
5733 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5734
5735 /**
5736 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5737 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5738 */
5739 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5740
5741 /**
5742 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5743 *
5744 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5745 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5746 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5747 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5748 *
5749 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5750 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5751 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5752 */
5753 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5754 // Short term limit
5755 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5756 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5757 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5758 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5759 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5760 ];
5761
5762 /**
5763 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5764 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5765 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5766 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5767 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5768 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5769 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5770 * @since 1.27
5771 */
5772 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5773
5774 // @TODO: clean up grants
5775 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5776
5777 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5778 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5779 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5780 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5781 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5782 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5783 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5784 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5785 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5786 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5787
5788 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5789 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5790 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5792
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5797
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5800
5801 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5804
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5814 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5818 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5819
5820 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5822
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5825 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5829
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5831
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5840
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5842
5843 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5845 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5847 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5853
5854 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5855
5856 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5857
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5859
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5861
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5863
5864 /**
5865 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5866 * @since 1.27
5867 */
5868 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5869 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5870 'basic' => 'hidden',
5871
5872 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5873 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5874 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5875 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5876
5877 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5878 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5879
5880 'sendemail' => 'email',
5881
5882 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5883 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5884
5885 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5886 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5887
5888 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5889 'rollback' => 'administration',
5890 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5891 'delete' => 'administration',
5892 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5893 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5894 'protect' => 'administration',
5895 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5896
5897 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5898
5899 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5900 ];
5901
5902 /**
5903 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5904 * @since 1.27
5905 */
5906 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5907
5908 /**
5909 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5910 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5911 * @since 1.27
5912 */
5913 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5914
5915 /**
5916 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5917 *
5918 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5919 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5920 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5921 * @since 1.27
5922 */
5923 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5924
5925 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5926
5927 /************************************************************************//**
5928 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5929 * @{
5930 */
5931
5932 /**
5933 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5934 */
5935 $wgSecretKey = false;
5936
5937 /**
5938 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5939 *
5940 * This can have the following formats:
5941 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5942 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5943 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5944 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5945 */
5946 $wgProxyList = [];
5947
5948 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5949
5950 /************************************************************************//**
5951 * @name Cookie settings
5952 * @{
5953 */
5954
5955 /**
5956 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5957 */
5958 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5959
5960 /**
5961 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5962 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5963 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5964 * login cookies session-only.
5965 */
5966 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5967
5968 /**
5969 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5970 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5971 */
5972 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5976 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5977 */
5978 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5979
5980 /**
5981 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5982 * - true: Set secure flag
5983 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5984 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5985 */
5986 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5987
5988 /**
5989 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5990 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5991 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5992 * check.
5993 */
5994 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5995
5996 /**
5997 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5998 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5999 * name to be used as a prefix.
6000 */
6001 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6002
6003 /**
6004 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6005 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6006 * XSS attack.
6007 */
6008 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6012 */
6013 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6014
6015 /**
6016 * Override to customise the session name
6017 */
6018 $wgSessionName = false;
6019
6020 /**
6021 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6022 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6023 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6024 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6025 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6026 */
6027 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6028
6029 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6030
6031 /************************************************************************//**
6032 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6033 * @{
6034 */
6035
6036 /**
6037 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6038 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6039 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6040 * Please see math/README for more information.
6041 */
6042 $wgUseTeX = false;
6043
6044 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6045
6046 /************************************************************************//**
6047 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6048 *
6049 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6050 *
6051 * @{
6052 */
6053
6054 /**
6055 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6056 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6057 * may contain private data.
6058 */
6059 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6060
6061 /**
6062 * Prefix for debug log lines
6063 */
6064 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6065
6066 /**
6067 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6068 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6069 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6070 */
6071 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6072
6073 /**
6074 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6075 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6076 * and gen=js requests.
6077 */
6078 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6079
6080 /**
6081 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6082 *
6083 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6084 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6085 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6086 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6087 */
6088 $wgDebugComments = false;
6089
6090 /**
6091 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6092 *
6093 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6094 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6095 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6096 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6097 */
6098 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6099
6100 /**
6101 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6102 *
6103 * @since 1.26
6104 */
6105 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6106 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6107 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6108 'GET' => [
6109 'masterConns' => 0,
6110 'writes' => 0,
6111 'readQueryTime' => 5
6112 ],
6113 // HTTP POST requests.
6114 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6115 'POST' => [
6116 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6117 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6118 'maxAffected' => 1000
6119 ],
6120 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6121 'masterConns' => 0,
6122 'writes' => 0,
6123 'readQueryTime' => 5
6124 ],
6125 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6126 'PostSend' => [
6127 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6128 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6129 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6130 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6131 'masterConns' => 0,
6132 'writes' => 0,
6133 ],
6134 // Background job runner
6135 'JobRunner' => [
6136 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6137 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6138 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6139 ],
6140 // Command-line scripts
6141 'Maintenance' => [
6142 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6143 'maxAffected' => 1000
6144 ]
6145 ];
6146
6147 /**
6148 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6149 *
6150 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6151 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6152 * in production.
6153 *
6154 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6155 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6156 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6157 * - associative array with keys:
6158 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6159 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6160 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6161 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6162 *
6163 * @par Example:
6164 * @code
6165 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6166 * @endcode
6167 *
6168 * @par Advanced example:
6169 * @code
6170 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6171 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6172 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6173 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6174 * ];
6175 * @endcode
6176 */
6177 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6178
6179 /**
6180 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6181 *
6182 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6183 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6184 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6185 * details.
6186 *
6187 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6188 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6189 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6190 *
6191 * @par To completely disable logging:
6192 * @code
6193 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6194 * @endcode
6195 *
6196 * @since 1.25
6197 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6198 * @see MwLogger
6199 */
6200 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6201 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6202 ];
6203
6204 /**
6205 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6206 *
6207 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6208 */
6209 $wgShowDebug = false;
6210
6211 /**
6212 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6213 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6214 */
6215 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6216
6217 /**
6218 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6219 */
6220 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6224 */
6225 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6226
6227 /**
6228 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6229 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6230 * to an attacker.
6231 */
6232 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6233
6234 /**
6235 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6236 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6237 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6238 * formatting.
6239 */
6240 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6241
6242 /**
6243 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6244 *
6245 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6246 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6247 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6248 * exception handler.
6249 */
6250 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6251
6252 /**
6253 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6254 */
6255 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6256
6257 /**
6258 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6259 */
6260 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6264 * Should be a string, default false.
6265 * @since 1.20
6266 */
6267 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6268
6269 /**
6270 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6271 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6272 */
6273 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6274
6275 /**
6276 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6277 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6278 * after the limit.
6279 */
6280 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6284 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6285 */
6286 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6287
6288 /**
6289 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6290 *
6291 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6292 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6293 */
6294 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6295
6296 /**
6297 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6298 *
6299 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6300 *
6301 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6302 *
6303 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6304 * @since 1.25
6305 */
6306 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6310 *
6311 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6312 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6313 * @since 1.25
6314 */
6315 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6316
6317 /**
6318 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6319 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6320 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6321 * @since 1.28
6322 */
6323 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6324
6325 /**
6326 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6327 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6328 * templates.
6329 */
6330 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6331
6332 /**
6333 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6334 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6335 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6336 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6337 */
6338 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6339
6340 /**
6341 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6342 * filename is passed to it.
6343 *
6344 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6345 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6346 *
6347 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6348 *
6349 * Use full paths.
6350 *
6351 * @deprecated since 1.30
6352 */
6353 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6354
6355 /**
6356 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6357 */
6358 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6359
6360 /**
6361 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6362 * @since 1.19
6363 */
6364 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6365
6366 /**
6367 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6368 * queries and other useful output.
6369 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6370 *
6371 * @since 1.19
6372 */
6373 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6374
6375 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6376
6377 /************************************************************************//**
6378 * @name Search
6379 * @{
6380 */
6381
6382 /**
6383 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6384 */
6385 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6386
6387 /**
6388 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6389 * by default off due to execution overhead
6390 */
6391 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6392
6393 /**
6394 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6395 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6396 */
6397 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6398
6399 /**
6400 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6401 *
6402 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6403 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6404 *
6405 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6406 *
6407 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6408 */
6409 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6410
6411 /**
6412 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6413 *
6414 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6415 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6416 *
6417 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6418 */
6419 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6420 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6421 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6422 ];
6423
6424 /**
6425 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6426 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6427 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6428 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6429 */
6430 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6431
6432 /**
6433 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6434 * OpenSearch call.
6435 */
6436 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6437
6438 /**
6439 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6440 */
6441 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6442
6443 /**
6444 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6445 */
6446 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6447
6448 /**
6449 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6450 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6451 */
6452 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6453
6454 /**
6455 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6456 *
6457 * @par Example:
6458 * @code
6459 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6460 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6461 * @endcode
6462 */
6463 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6464 NS_MAIN => true,
6465 ];
6466
6467 /**
6468 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6469 * implemented by an extension instead.
6470 */
6471 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6472
6473 /**
6474 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6475 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6476 * search term.
6477 *
6478 * @par Example:
6479 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6480 * @code
6481 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6482 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6483 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6484 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6485 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6486 * @endcode
6487 */
6488 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * Search form behavior.
6492 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6493 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6494 */
6495 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6496
6497 /**
6498 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6499 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6500 * generated for all namespaces.
6501 */
6502 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6503
6504 /**
6505 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6506 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6507 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6508 *
6509 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6510 * @par Example:
6511 * @code
6512 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6513 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6514 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6515 * ];
6516 * @endcode
6517 */
6518 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6519
6520 /**
6521 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6522 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6523 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6524 */
6525 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6526
6527 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6528
6529 /************************************************************************//**
6530 * @name Edit user interface
6531 * @{
6532 */
6533
6534 /**
6535 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6536 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6537 */
6538 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6539
6540 /**
6541 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6542 */
6543 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6544
6545 /**
6546 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6547 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6548 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6549 */
6550 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6551 NS_CATEGORY => true
6552 ];
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6556 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6557 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6558 */
6559 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6560
6561 /**
6562 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6563 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6564 * ting this variable false.
6565 */
6566 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6567
6568 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6569
6570 /************************************************************************//**
6571 * @name Maintenance
6572 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6573 * @{
6574 */
6575
6576 /**
6577 * @cond file_level_code
6578 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6579 */
6580 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6581 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6582 }
6583 /** @endcond */
6584
6585 /**
6586 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6587 */
6588 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6589
6590 /**
6591 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6592 * used as an explanation to users.
6593 *
6594 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6595 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6596 * option in MySQL.
6597 */
6598 $wgReadOnly = null;
6599
6600 /**
6601 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6602 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6603 * message.
6604 *
6605 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6606 */
6607 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6608
6609 /**
6610 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6611 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6612 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6613 *
6614 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6615 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6616 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6617 */
6618 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6619
6620 /**
6621 * Fully specified path to git binary
6622 */
6623 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6624
6625 /**
6626 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6627 *
6628 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6629 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6630 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6631 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6632 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6633 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6634 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6635 *
6636 * @since 1.20
6637 */
6638 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6639 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6640 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6641 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6642 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6643 ];
6644
6645 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6646
6647 /************************************************************************//**
6648 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6649 * @{
6650 */
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6654 * seconds will go.
6655 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6656 */
6657 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6658
6659 /**
6660 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6661 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6662 * @since 1.26
6663 */
6664 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6665
6666 /**
6667 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6668 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6669 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6670 * @since 1.26
6671 */
6672 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6673
6674 /**
6675 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6676 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6677 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6678 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6679 * is still there.
6680 */
6681 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6682
6683 /**
6684 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6685 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6686 */
6687 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6688
6689 /**
6690 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6691 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6692 */
6693 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6694
6695 /**
6696 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6697 *
6698 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6699 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6700 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6701 *
6702 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6703 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6704 * passed to the constructor.
6705 *
6706 * Common options:
6707 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6708 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6709 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6710 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6711 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6712 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6713 *
6714 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6715 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6716 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6717 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6718 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6719 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6720 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6721 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6722 *
6723 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6724 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6725 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6726 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6727 *
6728 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6729 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6730 *
6731 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6732 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6733 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6734 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6735 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6736 * ];
6737 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6738 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6739 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6740 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6741 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6742 * ];
6743 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6744 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6745 * ];
6746 * @since 1.22
6747 */
6748 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6749
6750 /**
6751 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6752 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6753 * @since 1.22
6754 */
6755 $wgRCEngines = [
6756 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6757 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6758 ];
6759
6760 /**
6761 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6762 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6763 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6764 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6765 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6766 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6767 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6768 *
6769 * @since 1.27
6770 */
6771 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6772
6773 /**
6774 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6775 * New pages and new files are included.
6776 */
6777 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6778
6779 /**
6780 * Whether to show the new experimental views (like namespaces, tags, and users) in
6781 * RecentChanges filters
6782 */
6783 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableExperimentalViews = false;
6784
6785 /**
6786 * Whether to allow users to use the experimental live update feature in the new RecentChanges UI
6787 */
6788 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersEnableLiveUpdate = false;
6789
6790 /**
6791 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6792 */
6793 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6794
6795 /**
6796 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6797 *
6798 * @since 1.27
6799 */
6800 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6801
6802 /**
6803 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6804 */
6805 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6806
6807 /**
6808 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6809 */
6810 $wgFeed = true;
6811
6812 /**
6813 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6814 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6815 */
6816 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6817
6818 /**
6819 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6820 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6821 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6822 *
6823 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6824 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6825 */
6826 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6827
6828 /**
6829 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6830 * pages larger than this size.
6831 */
6832 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6833
6834 /**
6835 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6836 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6837 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6838 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6839 * as value.
6840 * @par Example:
6841 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6842 * @code
6843 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6844 * @endcode
6845 */
6846 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6847
6848 /**
6849 * Available feeds objects.
6850 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6851 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6852 */
6853 $wgFeedClasses = [
6854 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6855 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6856 ];
6857
6858 /**
6859 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6860 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6861 */
6862 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6863
6864 /**
6865 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6866 */
6867 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6868
6869 /**
6870 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6871 */
6872 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6873
6874 /**
6875 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6876 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6877 * highlighted on the RC page.
6878 */
6879 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6880
6881 /**
6882 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6883 * view for watched pages with new changes
6884 */
6885 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6886
6887 /**
6888 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6889 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6890 */
6891 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6895 */
6896 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6897
6898 /**
6899 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6900 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6901 */
6902 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6903
6904 /**
6905 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6906 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6907 * watchers.
6908 *
6909 * @since 1.21
6910 */
6911 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6912
6913 /**
6914 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6915 * certain types of edits.
6916 *
6917 * To register a new one:
6918 * @code
6919 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6920 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6921 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6922 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6923 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6924 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6925 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6926 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6927 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6928 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6929 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6930 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6931 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6932 * ];
6933 * @endcode
6934 *
6935 * @since 1.22
6936 */
6937 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6938 'newpage' => [
6939 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6940 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6941 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6942 'grouping' => 'any',
6943 ],
6944 'minor' => [
6945 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6946 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6947 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6948 'class' => 'minoredit',
6949 'grouping' => 'all',
6950 ],
6951 'bot' => [
6952 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6953 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6954 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6955 'class' => 'botedit',
6956 'grouping' => 'all',
6957 ],
6958 'unpatrolled' => [
6959 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6960 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6961 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6962 'grouping' => 'any',
6963 ],
6964 ];
6965
6966 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6967
6968 /************************************************************************//**
6969 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6970 * @{
6971 */
6972
6973 /**
6974 * Override for copyright metadata.
6975 *
6976 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6977 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6978 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6979 */
6980 $wgRightsPage = null;
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6984 * wiki.
6985 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6986 */
6987 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6988
6989 /**
6990 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6991 * link.
6992 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6993 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6994 */
6995 $wgRightsText = null;
6996
6997 /**
6998 * Override for copyright metadata.
6999 */
7000 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7001
7002 /**
7003 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7004 */
7005 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7006
7007 /**
7008 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7009 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7010 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7011 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7012 * large wikis.
7013 */
7014 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7015
7016 /**
7017 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7018 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7019 */
7020 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7021
7022 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7023
7024 /************************************************************************//**
7025 * @name Import / Export
7026 * @{
7027 */
7028
7029 /**
7030 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7031 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7032 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7033 *
7034 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7035 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7036 * e.g.
7037 * @code
7038 * $wgImportSources = [
7039 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7040 * 'wikispecies',
7041 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7042 * ];
7043 * @endcode
7044 *
7045 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7046 * the ImportSources hook.
7047 *
7048 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7049 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7050 */
7051 $wgImportSources = [];
7052
7053 /**
7054 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7055 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7056 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7057 *
7058 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7059 */
7060 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7061
7062 /**
7063 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7064 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7065 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7066 */
7067 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7068
7069 /**
7070 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7071 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7072 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7073 */
7074 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7075
7076 /**
7077 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7078 */
7079 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7080
7081 /**
7082 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7083 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7084 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7085 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7086 * it's disabled by default for now.
7087 *
7088 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7089 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7090 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7091 */
7092 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7093
7094 /**
7095 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7096 */
7097 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7098
7099 /**
7100 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7101 */
7102 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7103
7104 /**
7105 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7106 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7107 *
7108 * @since 1.27
7109 */
7110 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7111
7112 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7113
7114 /*************************************************************************//**
7115 * @name Extensions
7116 * @{
7117 */
7118
7119 /**
7120 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7121 * initialised
7122 */
7123 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7124
7125 /**
7126 * Extension messages files.
7127 *
7128 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7129 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7130 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7131 * is the most common.
7132 *
7133 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7134 * in the core.
7135 *
7136 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7137 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7138 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7139 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7140 *
7141 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7142 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7143 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7144 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7145 *
7146 * @par Example:
7147 * @code
7148 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7149 * @endcode
7150 */
7151 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7152
7153 /**
7154 * Extension messages directories.
7155 *
7156 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7157 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7158 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7159 * message directories.
7160 *
7161 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7162 *
7163 * @par Simple example:
7164 * @code
7165 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7166 * @endcode
7167 *
7168 * @par Complex example:
7169 * @code
7170 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7171 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7172 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7173 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7174 * ]
7175 * @endcode
7176 * @since 1.23
7177 */
7178 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7179
7180 /**
7181 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7182 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7183 * @since 1.22
7184 */
7185 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7186
7187 /**
7188 * Parser output hooks.
7189 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7190 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7191 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7192 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7193 *
7194 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7195 *
7196 * The callback has the form:
7197 * @code
7198 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7199 * @endcode
7200 */
7201 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7202
7203 /**
7204 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7205 */
7206 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7207
7208 /**
7209 * List of valid skin names
7210 *
7211 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7212 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7213 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7214 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7215 */
7216 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7217
7218 /**
7219 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7220 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7221 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7222 * SpecialPage.
7223 */
7224 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7225
7226 /**
7227 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7228 */
7229 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7230
7231 /**
7232 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7233 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7234 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7235 */
7236 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7237
7238 /**
7239 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7240 *
7241 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7242 *
7243 * @code
7244 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7245 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7246 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7247 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7248 * 'author' => [
7249 * 'Foo Barstein',
7250 * ],
7251 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7252 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7253 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7254 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7255 * ];
7256 * @endcode
7257 *
7258 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7259 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7260 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7261 * interpreted as wikitext.
7262 *
7263 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7264 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7265 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7266 *
7267 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7268 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7269 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7270 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7271 *
7272 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7273 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7274 * usually are.)
7275 *
7276 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7277 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7278 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7279 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7280 *
7281 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7282 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7283 *
7284 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7285 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7286 *
7287 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7288 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7289 */
7290 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7291
7292 /**
7293 * Authentication plugin.
7294 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7295 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7296 */
7297 $wgAuth = null;
7298
7299 /**
7300 * Global list of hooks.
7301 *
7302 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7303 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7304 * internally by Hook:run().
7305 *
7306 * The value can be one of:
7307 *
7308 * - A function name:
7309 * @code
7310 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7311 * @endcode
7312 * - A function with some data:
7313 * @code
7314 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7315 * @endcode
7316 * - A an object method:
7317 * @code
7318 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7319 * @endcode
7320 * - A closure:
7321 * @code
7322 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7323 * // Handler code goes here.
7324 * };
7325 * @endcode
7326 *
7327 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7328 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7329 *
7330 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7331 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7332 */
7333 $wgHooks = [];
7334
7335 /**
7336 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7337 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7338 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7339 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7340 * hook for that.
7341 *
7342 * @see MediaWikiServices
7343 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7344 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7345 */
7346 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7347 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7348 ];
7349
7350 /**
7351 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7352 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7353 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7354 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7355 */
7356 $wgJobClasses = [
7357 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7358 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7359 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7360 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7361 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7362 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7363 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7364 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7365 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7366 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7367 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7368 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7369 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7370 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7371 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7372 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7373 'null' => 'NullJob'
7374 ];
7375
7376 /**
7377 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7378 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7379 *
7380 * These can be:
7381 * - Very long-running jobs.
7382 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7383 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7384 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7385 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7386 */
7387 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7388
7389 /**
7390 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7391 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7392 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7393 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7394 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7395 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7396 * @var float[]
7397 */
7398 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7399
7400 /**
7401 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7402 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7403 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7404 *
7405 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7406 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7407 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7408 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7409 *
7410 * @var float|bool
7411 * @since 1.26
7412 */
7413 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7414
7415 /**
7416 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7417 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7418 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7419 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7420 */
7421 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7422 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7423 ];
7424
7425 /**
7426 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7427 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7428 */
7429 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7430 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7431 ];
7432
7433 /**
7434 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7435 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7436 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7437 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7438 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7439 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7440 * that limit is hit.
7441 *
7442 * @since 1.29
7443 */
7444 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7445
7446 /**
7447 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7448 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7449 */
7450 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7451 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7452 ];
7453
7454 /**
7455 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7456 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7457 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7458 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7459 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7460 */
7461 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7462 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7463 ];
7464
7465 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7466
7467 /*************************************************************************//**
7468 * @name Categories
7469 * @{
7470 */
7471
7472 /**
7473 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7474 */
7475 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7476
7477 /**
7478 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7479 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7480 */
7481 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7482
7483 /**
7484 * Paging limit for categories
7485 */
7486 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7487
7488 /**
7489 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7490 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7491 *
7492 * Available values are:
7493 *
7494 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7495 *
7496 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7497 *
7498 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7499 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7500 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7501 *
7502 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7503 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7504 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7505 * server.
7506 *
7507 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7508 * the sort keys in the database.
7509 *
7510 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7511 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7512 */
7513 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7514
7515 /** @} */ # End categories }
7516
7517 /*************************************************************************//**
7518 * @name Logging
7519 * @{
7520 */
7521
7522 /**
7523 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7524 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7525 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7526 * log type.
7527 */
7528 $wgLogTypes = [
7529 '',
7530 'block',
7531 'protect',
7532 'rights',
7533 'delete',
7534 'upload',
7535 'move',
7536 'import',
7537 'patrol',
7538 'merge',
7539 'suppress',
7540 'tag',
7541 'managetags',
7542 'contentmodel',
7543 ];
7544
7545 /**
7546 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7547 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7548 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7549 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7550 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7551 */
7552 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7553 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7554 ];
7555
7556 /**
7557 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7558 *
7559 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7560 *
7561 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7562 *
7563 * @par Example:
7564 * @code
7565 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7566 * @endcode
7567 *
7568 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7569 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7570 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7571 *
7572 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7573 * for the link text.
7574 */
7575 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7576 'patrol' => true,
7577 'tag' => true,
7578 ];
7579
7580 /**
7581 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7582 * will be listed in the user interface.
7583 *
7584 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7585 *
7586 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7587 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7588 */
7589 $wgLogNames = [
7590 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7591 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7592 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7593 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7594 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7595 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7596 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7597 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7598 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7599 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7600 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7601 ];
7602
7603 /**
7604 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7605 * top of each log type.
7606 *
7607 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7608 *
7609 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7610 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7611 */
7612 $wgLogHeaders = [
7613 '' => 'alllogstext',
7614 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7615 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7616 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7617 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7618 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7619 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7620 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7621 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7622 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7623 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7624 ];
7625
7626 /**
7627 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7628 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7629 *
7630 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7631 */
7632 $wgLogActions = [];
7633
7634 /**
7635 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7636 * not messages.
7637 * @see LogPage::actionText
7638 * @see LogFormatter
7639 */
7640 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7641 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7642 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7643 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7644 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7645 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7646 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7647 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7648 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7649 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7650 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7651 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7652 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7653 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7654 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7655 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7656 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7657 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7658 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7659 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7660 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7661 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7662 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7663 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7664 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7665 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7666 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7667 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7668 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7669 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7670 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7671 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7672 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7673 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7674 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7675 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7676 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7677 ];
7678
7679 /**
7680 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7681 *
7682 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7683 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7684 * Extensions may append to this array
7685 * @since 1.27
7686 */
7687 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7688 'block' => [
7689 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7690 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7691 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7692 ],
7693 'contentmodel' => [
7694 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7695 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7696 ],
7697 'delete' => [
7698 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7699 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7700 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7701 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7702 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7703 ],
7704 'import' => [
7705 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7706 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7707 ],
7708 'managetags' => [
7709 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7710 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7711 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7712 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7713 ],
7714 'move' => [
7715 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7716 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7717 ],
7718 'newusers' => [
7719 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7720 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7721 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7722 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7723 ],
7724 'patrol' => [
7725 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7726 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7727 ],
7728 'protect' => [
7729 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7730 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7731 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7732 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7733 ],
7734 'rights' => [
7735 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7736 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7737 ],
7738 'suppress' => [
7739 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7740 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7741 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7742 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7743 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7744 ],
7745 'upload' => [
7746 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7747 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7748 ],
7749 ];
7750
7751 /**
7752 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7753 */
7754 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7755
7756 /** @} */ # end logging }
7757
7758 /*************************************************************************//**
7759 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7760 * @{
7761 */
7762
7763 /**
7764 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7765 */
7766 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7767
7768 /**
7769 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7770 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7771 */
7772 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7773
7774 /**
7775 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7776 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7777 */
7778 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7779
7780 /**
7781 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7782 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7783 */
7784 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7785
7786 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7787
7788 /*************************************************************************//**
7789 * @name Actions
7790 * @{
7791 */
7792
7793 /**
7794 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7795 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7796 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7797 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7798 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7799 * instead of the default class.
7800 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7801 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7802 */
7803 $wgActions = [
7804 'credits' => true,
7805 'delete' => true,
7806 'edit' => true,
7807 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7808 'history' => true,
7809 'info' => true,
7810 'markpatrolled' => true,
7811 'protect' => true,
7812 'purge' => true,
7813 'raw' => true,
7814 'render' => true,
7815 'revert' => true,
7816 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7817 'rollback' => true,
7818 'submit' => true,
7819 'unprotect' => true,
7820 'unwatch' => true,
7821 'view' => true,
7822 'watch' => true,
7823 ];
7824
7825 /** @} */ # end actions }
7826
7827 /*************************************************************************//**
7828 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7829 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7830 * @{
7831 */
7832
7833 /**
7834 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7835 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7836 * basis.
7837 */
7838 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7839
7840 /**
7841 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7842 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7843 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7844 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7845 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7846 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7847 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7848 *
7849 * @par Example:
7850 * @code
7851 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7852 * @endcode
7853 */
7854 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7855
7856 /**
7857 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7858 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7859 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7860 *
7861 * @par Example:
7862 * @code
7863 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7864 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7865 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7866 * ];
7867 * @endcode
7868 *
7869 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7870 * forms:
7871 * @code
7872 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7873 * # Underscore, not space!
7874 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7875 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7876 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7877 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7878 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7879 * ];
7880 * @endcode
7881 */
7882 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7883
7884 /**
7885 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7886 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7887 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7888 *
7889 * @par Example:
7890 * @code
7891 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7892 * @endcode
7893 */
7894 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7895
7896 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7897
7898 /************************************************************************//**
7899 * @name AJAX and API
7900 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7901 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7902 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7903 * @{
7904 */
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7908 * machine-readable data via api.php
7909 *
7910 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7911 */
7912 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7913
7914 /**
7915 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7916 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7917 * accesses it
7918 */
7919 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7920
7921 /**
7922 *
7923 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7924 *
7925 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7926 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7927 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7928 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7929 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7930 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7931 * requiring POST.
7932 *
7933 * @since 1.21
7934 */
7935 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7936
7937 /**
7938 * API module extensions.
7939 *
7940 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7941 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7942 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7943 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7944 *
7945 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7946 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7947 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7948 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7949 * field.
7950 *
7951 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7952 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7953 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7954 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7955 *
7956 * Examples for registering API modules:
7957 *
7958 * @code
7959 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7960 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7961 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7962 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7963 * ];
7964 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7965 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7966 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7967 * ];
7968 * @endcode
7969 *
7970 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7971 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7972 */
7973 $wgAPIModules = [];
7974
7975 /**
7976 * API format module extensions.
7977 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7978 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7979 *
7980 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7981 */
7982 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7983
7984 /**
7985 * API Query meta module extensions.
7986 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7987 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7988 *
7989 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7990 */
7991 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7992
7993 /**
7994 * API Query prop module extensions.
7995 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7996 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7997 *
7998 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7999 */
8000 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8001
8002 /**
8003 * API Query list module extensions.
8004 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8005 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8006 *
8007 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8008 */
8009 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8010
8011 /**
8012 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8013 * The default value is generally fine
8014 */
8015 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8016
8017 /**
8018 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8019 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8020 */
8021 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8022
8023 /**
8024 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8025 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8026 */
8027 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8028
8029 /**
8030 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8031 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8032 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8033 */
8034 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8035
8036 /**
8037 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8038 * API request logging
8039 */
8040 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8041
8042 /**
8043 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8044 */
8045 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8046
8047 /**
8048 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8049 * API queries.
8050 */
8051 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8052 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8053 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8054 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8055 ];
8056
8057 /**
8058 * Enable AJAX framework
8059 */
8060 $wgUseAjax = true;
8061
8062 /**
8063 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8064 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8065 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8066 */
8067 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8068
8069 /**
8070 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8071 */
8072 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8073
8074 /**
8075 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8076 */
8077 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8078
8079 /**
8080 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8081 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8082 */
8083 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8084
8085 /**
8086 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8087 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8088 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8089 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8090 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8091 *
8092 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8093 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8094 *
8095 * @par Example:
8096 * @code
8097 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8098 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8099 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8100 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8101 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8102 * ];
8103 * @endcode
8104 */
8105 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8106
8107 /**
8108 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8109 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8110 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8111 */
8112 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8113
8114 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8115
8116 /************************************************************************//**
8117 * @name Shell and process control
8118 * @{
8119 */
8120
8121 /**
8122 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8123 */
8124 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8125
8126 /**
8127 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8128 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8129 */
8130 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8131
8132 /**
8133 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8134 */
8135 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8136
8137 /**
8138 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8139 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8140 */
8141 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8145 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8146 *
8147 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8148 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8149 * them segfault or deadlock.
8150 *
8151 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8152 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8153 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8154 *
8155 * @par Example:
8156 * @code
8157 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8158 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8159 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8160 * @endcode
8161 *
8162 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8163 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8164 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8165 */
8166 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8167
8168 /**
8169 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8170 */
8171 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8172
8173 /**
8174 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8175 *
8176 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8177 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8178 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8179 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8180 *
8181 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8182 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8183 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8184 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8185 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8186 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8187 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8188 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8189 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8190 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8191 * decimal separator)
8192 *
8193 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8194 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8195 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8196 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8197 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8198 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8199 * displayed to the user.
8200 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8201 * date/time values.
8202 *
8203 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8204 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8205 * wikis.
8206 */
8207 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8208
8209 /** @} */ # End shell }
8210
8211 /************************************************************************//**
8212 * @name HTTP client
8213 * @{
8214 */
8215
8216 /**
8217 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8218 */
8219 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8220
8221 /**
8222 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8223 * @since 1.29
8224 */
8225 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8226
8227 /**
8228 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8229 */
8230 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8231
8232 /**
8233 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8234 */
8235 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8236
8237 /**
8238 * Local virtual hosts.
8239 *
8240 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8241 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8242 * then no proxy will be used.
8243 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8244 * proxy if it is configured.
8245 * @since 1.25
8246 */
8247 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8248
8249 /**
8250 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8251 * Only works for curl
8252 */
8253 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8254
8255 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8256
8257 /************************************************************************//**
8258 * @name Job queue
8259 * @{
8260 */
8261
8262 /**
8263 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8264 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8265 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8266 * be run periodically.
8267 */
8268 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8269
8270 /**
8271 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8272 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8273 * execution finishes.
8274 *
8275 * @since 1.23
8276 */
8277 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8278
8279 /**
8280 * Number of rows to update per job
8281 */
8282 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8283
8284 /**
8285 * Number of rows to update per query
8286 */
8287 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8288
8289 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8290
8291 /************************************************************************//**
8292 * @name Miscellaneous
8293 * @{
8294 */
8295
8296 /**
8297 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8298 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8299 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8300 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8301 */
8302 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8303
8304 /**
8305 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8306 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8307 * Supported values:
8308 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8309 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8310 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8311 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8312 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8313 *
8314 * @since 1.30
8315 */
8316 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8317
8318 /**
8319 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8320 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8321 *
8322 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8323 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8324 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8325 */
8326 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8327
8328 /**
8329 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8330 * For debugging
8331 */
8332 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8333
8334 /**
8335 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8336 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8337 */
8338 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8339
8340 /**
8341 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8342 */
8343 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8344
8345 /**
8346 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8347 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8348 */
8349 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8350
8351 /**
8352 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8353 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8354 */
8355 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8356
8357 /**
8358 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8359 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8360 *
8361 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8362 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8363 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8364 * parameters.
8365 *
8366 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8367 * @code
8368 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8369 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8370 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8371 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8372 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8373 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8374 * 'redisConfig' => []
8375 * ] ];
8376 * @endcode
8377 *
8378 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8379 * @code
8380 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8381 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8382 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8383 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8384 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8385 * ... any extension-specific options...
8386 * ] ];
8387 * @endcode
8388 */
8389 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8390
8391 /**
8392 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8393 */
8394 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8395
8396 /**
8397 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8398 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8399 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8400 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8401 *
8402 * @since 1.21
8403 */
8404 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8405
8406 /**
8407 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8408 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8409 *
8410 * * 'ignore': return null
8411 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8412 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8413 *
8414 * @since 1.21
8415 */
8416 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8417
8418 /**
8419 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8420 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8421 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8422 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8423 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8424 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8425 *
8426 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8427 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8428 *
8429 * @since 1.21
8430 */
8431 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8432
8433 /**
8434 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8435 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8436 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8437 *
8438 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8439 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8440 *
8441 * @since 1.21
8442 */
8443 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8444 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8445 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8446 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8447 ];
8448
8449 /**
8450 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8451 *
8452 * @since 1.20
8453 */
8454 $wgSiteTypes = [
8455 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8456 ];
8457
8458 /**
8459 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8460 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8461 * @since 1.23
8462 */
8463 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8464
8465 /**
8466 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8467 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8468 * @see T67184
8469 * @since 1.24
8470 */
8471 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8472
8473 /**
8474 * Secret for session storage.
8475 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8476 * be used.
8477 * @since 1.27
8478 */
8479 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8480
8481 /**
8482 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8483 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8484 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8485 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8486 * @since 1.27
8487 */
8488 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8489
8490 /**
8491 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8492 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8493 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8494 * be used.
8495 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8496 * @since 1.24
8497 */
8498 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8499
8500 /**
8501 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8502 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8503 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8504 * @since 1.24
8505 */
8506 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8507
8508 /**
8509 * Enable page language feature
8510 * Allows setting page language in database
8511 * @var bool
8512 * @since 1.24
8513 */
8514 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8515
8516 /**
8517 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8518 *
8519 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8520 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8521 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8522 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8523 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8524 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8525 *
8526 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8527 *
8528 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8529 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8530 * 'options' => [
8531 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8532 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8533 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8534 * ]
8535 * ];
8536 *
8537 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8538 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8539 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8540 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8541 *
8542 * Example config for Parsoid:
8543 *
8544 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8545 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8546 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8547 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8548 * ];
8549 *
8550 * @var array
8551 * @since 1.25
8552 */
8553 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8554 'paths' => [],
8555 'modules' => [],
8556 'global' => [
8557 # Timeout in seconds
8558 'timeout' => 360,
8559 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8560 'forwardCookies' => false,
8561 'HTTPProxy' => null
8562 ]
8563 ];
8564
8565 /**
8566 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8567 * these suggestions.
8568 *
8569 * @var bool
8570 * @since 1.26
8571 */
8572 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8573
8574 /**
8575 * Where popular password file is located.
8576 *
8577 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8578 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8579 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8580 *
8581 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8582 * @since 1.27
8583 * @var string path to file
8584 */
8585 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8586
8587 /*
8588 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8589 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8590 *
8591 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8592 * @since 1.27
8593 */
8594 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8595
8596 /*
8597 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8598 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8599 *
8600 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8601 * @since 1.30
8602 */
8603 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8604
8605 /**
8606 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8607 *
8608 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8609 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8610 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8611 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8612 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8613 *
8614 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8615 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8616 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8617 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8618 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8619 *
8620 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8621 *
8622 * @since 1.27
8623 */
8624 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8625 'default' => [
8626 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8627 ]
8628 ];
8629
8630 /**
8631 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8632 *
8633 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8634 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8635 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8636 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8637 *
8638 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8639 *
8640 * @var bool
8641 * @since 1.28
8642 */
8643 $wgPingback = false;
8644
8645 /**
8646 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8647 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8648 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8649 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8650 *
8651 * @since 1.28
8652 */
8653 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8654 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8655 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8656 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8657 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8658 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8659 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8660 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8661 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8662 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8663 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8664 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8665 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8666 ];
8667
8668 /**
8669 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8670 *
8671 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8672 *
8673 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8674 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8675 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8676 *
8677 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8678 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8679 */
8680 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8681 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8682 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8683 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8684
8685 /**
8686 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8687 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8688 *
8689 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8690 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8691 *
8692 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8693 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8694 *
8695 * @par Example:
8696 * @code
8697 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8698 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8699 *];
8700 * @endcode
8701 */
8702 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8703
8704 /**
8705 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8706 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8707 * @}
8708 */